1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return nullptr;
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return nullptr;
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return nullptr;
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
327     if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
328       return nullptr;
329     assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
330            && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
331     QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
332     QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
333     if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
334       return ParsedType::make(T);
335     }
336 
337     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
338       << T << SearchType;
339     return nullptr;
340 }
341 
342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
343                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
344   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
345 
346   if (!SS.isValid())
347     return false;
348 
349   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
350   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
351   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
352   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
353     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
354     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
355     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
356     // case where the scope is dependent.
357     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
358       << SS.getScopeRep();
359     return true;
360 
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
364   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
365     return false;
366   }
367 
368   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
369 }
370 
371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
373                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
374                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
375                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
376   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
377   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
378   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
379   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
380   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
381   Qualifiers Quals;
382   QualType T
383     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
384                                       Quals);
385   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
386       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
387     return ExprError();
388 
389   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
390     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
391 
392   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
393                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
394 }
395 
396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
398                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
399                                 Expr *E,
400                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
401   bool WasEvaluated = false;
402   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
403     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
404       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
405       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
406       E = result.get();
407     }
408 
409     QualType T = E->getType();
410     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
411       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
412       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
413       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
414       //   shall be completely-defined.
415       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
416         return ExprError();
417 
418       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
419       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
420       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
421       //   operand. [...]
422       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
423         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
424         // and recheck the subexpression.
425         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
426         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
427         E = Result.get();
428 
429         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
430         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
431         WasEvaluated = true;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
436     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
437     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
438     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
439     //   type.
440     Qualifiers Quals;
441     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
442     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
443       T = UnqualT;
444       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
445     }
446   }
447 
448   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
449     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
450                      << E->getType());
451   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
452            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
453     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
454     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
455     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
456                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
457                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
458   }
459 
460   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
461                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
462 }
463 
464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
465 ExprResult
466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
467                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
468   // Find the std::type_info type.
469   if (!getStdNamespace())
470     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
471 
472   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
473     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
474     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
475     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
476     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
477     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
478     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
479     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
480       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
481       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
482     }
483     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
484       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
485   }
486 
487   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
488     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
489   }
490 
491   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
492 
493   if (isType) {
494     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
495     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
496     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
497                                    &TInfo);
498     if (T.isNull())
499       return ExprError();
500 
501     if (!TInfo)
502       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
503 
504     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
505   }
506 
507   // The operand is an expression.
508   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
509 }
510 
511 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
512 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
513                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
514                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
515                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
516   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
517     bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
518     if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(),
519                                           &HasMultipleGUIDs)) {
520       if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
521         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
522       else
523         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
524     }
525   }
526 
527   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
528                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
529 }
530 
531 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
532 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
533                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
534                                 Expr *E,
535                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
536   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
537     bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
538     if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) &&
539         !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
540       if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
541         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
542       else
543         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
544     }
545   }
546 
547   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
548                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
549 }
550 
551 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
552 ExprResult
553 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
554                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
555   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
556   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
557     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
558     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
559     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
560     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
561     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
562       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
563   }
564 
565   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
566 
567   if (isType) {
568     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
569     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
570     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
571                                    &TInfo);
572     if (T.isNull())
573       return ExprError();
574 
575     if (!TInfo)
576       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
577 
578     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
579   }
580 
581   // The operand is an expression.
582   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
583 }
584 
585 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
586 ExprResult
587 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
588   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
589          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
590   return new (Context)
591       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
592 }
593 
594 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
595 ExprResult
596 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
597   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
598 }
599 
600 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
601 ExprResult
602 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
603   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
604   if (Ex) {
605     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
606     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
607     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
608     //
609     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
610     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
611     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
612     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
613     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
614     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
615     //       exception object
616     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
617       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
618         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
619           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
620             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
621               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
622               break;
623             }
624 
625             if (S->getFlags() &
626                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
627                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
628                  Scope::TryScope))
629               break;
630           }
631         }
632       }
633   }
634 
635   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
636 }
637 
638 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
639                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
640   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
641   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
642       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
643     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
644 
645   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
646     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
647 
648   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
649     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
650     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
651       return ExprError();
652 
653     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
654     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
655 
656     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
657     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
658     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
659     //
660     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
661     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
662     //       catch-clause
663     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
664     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
665     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
666     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
667     //       exception object
668     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
669     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
670       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
671 
672     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
673         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
674         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
675     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
676         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
677     if (Res.isInvalid())
678       return ExprError();
679     Ex = Res.get();
680   }
681 
682   return new (Context)
683       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
684 }
685 
686 static void
687 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
688                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
689                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
690                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
691                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
692   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
693     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
694     bool NewSubobject;
695     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
696     // always distinct subobjects.
697     if (BS.isVirtual())
698       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
699     else
700       NewSubobject = true;
701 
702     if (NewSubobject)
703       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
704 
705     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
706     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
707     if (PublicPath)
708       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
709 
710     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
711     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
712                        PublicPath);
713   }
714 }
715 
716 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
717     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
718   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
719   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
720   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
721   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
722   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
723   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
724                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
725 
726   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
727     // Skip ambiguous objects.
728     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
729       continue;
730 
731     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
732   }
733 }
734 
735 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
736 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
737                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
738   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
739   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
740   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
741   bool isPointer = false;
742   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
743     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
744     isPointer = true;
745   }
746   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
747     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
748                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
749                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
750                             E->getSourceRange()))
751       return true;
752 
753     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
754                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
755       return true;
756   }
757 
758   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
759   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
760   if (!RD)
761     return false;
762 
763   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
764   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
765   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
766 
767   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
768   if (isPointer)
769     return false;
770 
771   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
772   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
773     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
774       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
775       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
776                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
777       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
778         return true;
779     }
780   }
781 
782   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
783   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
784   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
785   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
786     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
787     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
788     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
789     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
790     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
791 
792     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
793       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
794       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
795       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
796       // lookup and overload resolution.
797       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
798       if (!CD)
799         continue;
800 
801       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
802       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
803 
804       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
805       // in the catchable type data.
806       if (CD->isTrivial())
807         continue;
808 
809       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
810       // type to this constructor.
811       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
812       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
813       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
814       // friendship or any other means).
815       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
816 
817       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
818       // we must rebuild them here.
819       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
820         // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated.
821         if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I))
822           continue;
823 
824         Expr *DefaultArg =
825             BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get();
826         Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg);
827       }
828     }
829   }
830 
831   return false;
832 }
833 
834 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
835   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
836   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
837   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
838     if (method && method->isInstance())
839       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
840   }
841   if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
842     if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) &&
843         CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) {
844       // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated
845       // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'.
846       // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer
847       // from.
848       QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(
849           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent()));
850       // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
851       // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
852       return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
853     }
854   }
855   return ThisTy;
856 }
857 
858 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
859                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
860                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
861                                          bool Enabled)
862   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
863 {
864   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
865     return;
866 
867   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
868   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
869     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
870   else
871     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
872 
873   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
874     = S.Context.getPointerType(
875         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
876 
877   this->Enabled = true;
878 }
879 
880 
881 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
882   if (Enabled) {
883     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
884   }
885 }
886 
887 static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
888                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) {
889   FieldDecl *Field
890     = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy,
891                         Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc),
892                         nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
893   Field->setImplicit(true);
894   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
895   RD->addDecl(Field);
896   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true);
897 }
898 
899 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit,
900     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
901   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
902   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
903     return true;
904 
905   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
906     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
907  // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'.
908   unsigned NumClosures = 0;
909   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
910     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
911             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
912       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
913         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
914         break;
915       }
916       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
917       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
918         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
919         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
920           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
921         return true;
922       }
923       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
924           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
925           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
926           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
927           Explicit) {
928         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
929         NumClosures++;
930         Explicit = false;
931         continue;
932       }
933       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
934       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
935         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
936       return true;
937     }
938     break;
939   }
940   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
941   // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped.
942   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
943   // contexts.
944   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures;
945       --idx, --NumClosures) {
946     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
947     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
948     QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
949     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
950       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression.
951       ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc);
952     else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
953         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
954       ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc);
955 
956     bool isNested = NumClosures > 1;
957     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr);
958   }
959   return false;
960 }
961 
962 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
963   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
964   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
965   /// which the function is called.
966 
967   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
968   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
969 
970   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
971   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
972 }
973 
974 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
975   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
976   // type for 'this'.
977   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
978     return false;
979 
980   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
981   // defined.
982   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
983   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
984 }
985 
986 ExprResult
987 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
988                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
989                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
990                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
991   if (!TypeRep)
992     return ExprError();
993 
994   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
995   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
996   if (!TInfo)
997     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
998 
999   return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1000 }
1001 
1002 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1003 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1004 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1005 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1006 ExprResult
1007 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1008                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1009                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1010                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1011   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1012   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1013 
1014   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1015     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1016                                               RParenLoc);
1017   }
1018 
1019   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1020   assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
1021          && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1022   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1023       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1024 
1025   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1026   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1027   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1028   // corresponding cast expression.
1029   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1030     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1031     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1032   }
1033 
1034   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1035   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1036   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1037   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1038   //   an object of type T.
1039   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1040   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1041     if (!ListInitialization)
1042       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1043                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1044     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1045   }
1046 
1047   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1048     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1049                      << FullRange);
1050 
1051   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1052       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1053                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1054     return ExprError();
1055 
1056   if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
1057                              diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1058     return ExprError();
1059 
1060   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1061   InitializationKind Kind =
1062       Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
1063       ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1064       : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
1065       : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1066   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1067   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1068 
1069   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1070     return Result;
1071 
1072   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1073   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1074     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1075   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1076     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1077     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1078     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1079     //
1080     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1081     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1082     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1083     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1084     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1085     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1086         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
1087         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1088   }
1089 
1090   return Result;
1091 }
1092 
1093 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
1094 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
1095 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1096                                          QualType allocType) {
1097   const RecordType *record =
1098     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1099   if (!record) return false;
1100 
1101   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1102 
1103   DeclarationName deleteName =
1104     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1105   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1106   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1107 
1108   // We're just doing this for information.
1109   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1110 
1111   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1112   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1113 
1114   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1115   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1116   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1117 
1118   LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
1119   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1120     NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
1121 
1122     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1123     //   A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
1124     //   regardless of its signature.
1125     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
1126       filter.erase();
1127       continue;
1128     }
1129 
1130     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1131     //   If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
1132     //   parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
1133     //   named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
1134     //   second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
1135     //   is a usual deallocation function.
1136     if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
1137       filter.erase();
1138       continue;
1139     }
1140   }
1141   filter.done();
1142 
1143   if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
1144 
1145   const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
1146   return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
1147 }
1148 
1149 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1150 ///
1151 /// E.g.:
1152 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1153 /// or
1154 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1155 ///
1156 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1157 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1158 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1159 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1160 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1161 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1162 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1163 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1164 ///   if there is none.
1165 ExprResult
1166 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1167                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1168                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1169                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1170   bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();
1171 
1172   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1173   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1174   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1175       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1176      DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1177     if (TypeContainsAuto)
1178       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1179         << D.getSourceRange());
1180     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1181       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1182         << D.getSourceRange());
1183     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1184       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1185         << D.getSourceRange());
1186 
1187     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1188     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1189   }
1190 
1191   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1192   if (ArraySize) {
1193     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1194       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1195         break;
1196 
1197       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1198       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1199         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1200           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1201 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1202 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1203 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1204             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1205             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1206             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1207             Array.NumElts
1208              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1209                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1210                  .get();
1211           } else {
1212             Array.NumElts
1213               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1214                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1215                   .get();
1216           }
1217           if (!Array.NumElts)
1218             return ExprError();
1219         }
1220       }
1221     }
1222   }
1223 
1224   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1225   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1226   if (D.isInvalidType())
1227     return ExprError();
1228 
1229   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1230   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
1231     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1232 
1233   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1234                      PlacementLParen,
1235                      PlacementArgs,
1236                      PlacementRParen,
1237                      TypeIdParens,
1238                      AllocType,
1239                      TInfo,
1240                      ArraySize,
1241                      DirectInitRange,
1242                      Initializer,
1243                      TypeContainsAuto);
1244 }
1245 
1246 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1247                                        Expr *Init) {
1248   if (!Init)
1249     return true;
1250   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1251     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1252   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1253     return true;
1254   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1255     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1256            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1257   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1258     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1259            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1260     return true;
1261   }
1262   return false;
1263 }
1264 
1265 ExprResult
1266 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1267                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1268                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1269                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1270                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1271                   QualType AllocType,
1272                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1273                   Expr *ArraySize,
1274                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1275                   Expr *Initializer,
1276                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
1277   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1278   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1279 
1280   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1281   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1282     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1283     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1284   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1285     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1286   else {
1287     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1288             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1289            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1290     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1291   }
1292 
1293   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1294   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1295   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1296     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1297     Inits = List->getExprs();
1298     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1299   }
1300 
1301   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1302   if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
1303     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1304       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1305                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1306     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1307         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1308       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1309                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1310                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1311     if (NumInits > 1) {
1312       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1313       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1314                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1315                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1316     }
1317     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1318     QualType DeducedType;
1319     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1320       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1321                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1322                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1323     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1324       return ExprError();
1325     AllocType = DeducedType;
1326   }
1327 
1328   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1329   // typedef of an array type.
1330   if (!ArraySize) {
1331     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1332                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1333       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1334                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1335                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1336       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1337     }
1338   }
1339 
1340   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1341     return ExprError();
1342 
1343   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1344       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1345     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1346          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1347         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1348   }
1349 
1350   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1351   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1352       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1353       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1354     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1355                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1356   }
1357 
1358   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1359 
1360   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1361     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1362     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1363     ArraySize = result.get();
1364   }
1365   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1366   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1367   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1368   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1369   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1370   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1371   //   std::size_t.
1372   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1373     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1374     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1375       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1376 
1377       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1378 						AA_Converting);
1379 
1380       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1381           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1382         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1383         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1384           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1385     } else {
1386       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1387       protected:
1388         Expr *ArraySize;
1389 
1390       public:
1391         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1392             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1393               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1394 
1395         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1396                                              QualType T) override {
1397           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1398                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1399         }
1400 
1401         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1402             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1403           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1404                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1405         }
1406 
1407         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1408             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1409           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1410         }
1411 
1412         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1413             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1414           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1415                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1416         }
1417 
1418         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1419             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1420           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1421         }
1422 
1423         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1424             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1425           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1426                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1427         }
1428 
1429         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1430                                                  QualType T,
1431                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1432           return S.Diag(Loc,
1433                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1434                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1435                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1436                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1437         }
1438       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1439 
1440       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1441                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1442     }
1443     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1444       return ExprError();
1445 
1446     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1447     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1448 
1449     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1450       return ExprError();
1451 
1452     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1453     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1454     //   with a non-negative value.
1455     //
1456     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of
1457     // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized
1458     // array type.
1459     //
1460     // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws
1461     // std::bad_array_new_length.
1462     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1463       llvm::APSInt Value;
1464       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1465       // unscoped enumeration type.
1466       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1467         if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
1468                         llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
1469                                  Value.isUnsigned())) {
1470           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1471             Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1472                  diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size)
1473               << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1474           else
1475             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1476                                   diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1477                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1478         } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1479           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1480             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1481           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
1482             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1483               Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1484                    diag::warn_array_new_too_large)
1485                 << Value.toString(10)
1486                 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1487             else
1488               return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1489                                     diag::err_array_too_large)
1490                                << Value.toString(10)
1491                                << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1492           }
1493         }
1494       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1495         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1496         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1497           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1498           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1499           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1500 
1501         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1502       }
1503     }
1504 
1505     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1506     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1507   }
1508 
1509   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1510   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1511 
1512   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1513       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1514       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1515                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1516                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs,
1517                               OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1518     return ExprError();
1519 
1520   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1521   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1522   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1523   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1524     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
1525       = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1526 
1527   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1528   if (OperatorNew) {
1529     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1530         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1531     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1532                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1533 
1534     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1535     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1536     // argument.
1537     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1,
1538                                PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1539       return ExprError();
1540 
1541     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1542       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1543 
1544     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1545     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1546 
1547     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1548   }
1549 
1550   // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator
1551   // new.
1552   if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew &&
1553       (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1554        getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) {
1555     if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){
1556       unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign();
1557       if (Align > SuitableAlign)
1558         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1559             << AllocType
1560             << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth())
1561             << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth());
1562     }
1563   }
1564 
1565   QualType InitType = AllocType;
1566   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1567   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1568   // dialect distinction.
1569   if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) {
1570     if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1571       SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1572                             Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1573       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1574       return ExprError();
1575     }
1576     if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1577       // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type
1578       // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check
1579       // default-initialization).
1580       unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1;
1581       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType,
1582           llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements),
1583                                               ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1584     }
1585   }
1586 
1587   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1588   // do it now.
1589   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1590       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1591           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1592     // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1593     //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1594     //   object as follows:
1595     InitializationKind Kind
1596     //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1597     //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1598     //       the object has indeterminate value
1599       = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1600           ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1601     //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1602     //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1603           : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1604               ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1605               : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1606                                                  DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1607                                                  DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1608 
1609     InitializedEntity Entity
1610       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1611     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1612     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1613                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1614     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1615       return ExprError();
1616 
1617     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
1618     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
1619     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
1620             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
1621       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
1622 
1623     Initializer = FullInit.get();
1624   }
1625 
1626   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1627   if (OperatorNew) {
1628     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
1629       return ExprError();
1630     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1631   }
1632   if (OperatorDelete) {
1633     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
1634       return ExprError();
1635     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1636   }
1637 
1638   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
1639   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
1640   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
1641   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1642   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
1643     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1644       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
1645               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
1646         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
1647         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
1648                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
1649                                 << BaseAllocType);
1650         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
1651           return ExprError();
1652       }
1653     }
1654   }
1655 
1656   return new (Context)
1657       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
1658                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
1659                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1660                  Range, DirectInitRange);
1661 }
1662 
1663 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1664 /// in a new-expression.
1665 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
1666                               SourceRange R) {
1667   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1668   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
1669   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
1670     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1671       << AllocType << 0 << R;
1672   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
1673     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1674       << AllocType << 1 << R;
1675   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1676            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
1677     return true;
1678   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
1679                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1680     return true;
1681   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1682     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1683              << AllocType;
1684   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1685     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1686       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
1687   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
1688     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
1689       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
1690       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1691           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
1692         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
1693           << BaseAllocType;
1694     }
1695   }
1696 
1697   return false;
1698 }
1699 
1700 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1701 /// deallocation function.
1702 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1703   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1704     return false;
1705 
1706   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1707     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1708 
1709   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1710       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1711     return false;
1712 
1713   if (FD->getNumParams() == 1)
1714     return true;
1715 
1716   return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 &&
1717          S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1718                                           S.Context.getSizeType());
1719 }
1720 
1721 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1722 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
1723 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1724                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1725                                    bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
1726                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
1727                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
1728   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1729   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1730   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1731   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
1732   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1733   //   operator new.
1734   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1735   //   placement form.
1736 
1737   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size());
1738   // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1739   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1740   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
1741   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
1742                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
1743                       Context.getSizeType(),
1744                       SourceLocation());
1745   AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
1746   std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1747 
1748   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1749   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
1750   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
1751   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
1752   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1753   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
1754   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1755                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
1756   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1757                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1758 
1759   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1760 
1761   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1762     CXXRecordDecl *Record
1763       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1764     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record,
1765                                /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew))
1766       return true;
1767   }
1768 
1769   if (!OperatorNew) {
1770     // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1771     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1772     DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1773     bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat;
1774     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1775                                /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew,
1776                                /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) {
1777       if (!FallbackEnabled)
1778         return true;
1779 
1780       // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
1781       // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
1782       // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
1783       // will not replicate that bug.
1784       NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New);
1785       DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
1786       if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1787                                /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew))
1788       return true;
1789     }
1790   }
1791 
1792   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
1793   // -fno-exceptions.
1794   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
1795     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1796     return false;
1797   }
1798 
1799   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
1800   //
1801   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
1802   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
1803   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
1804   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
1805   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
1806   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
1807   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
1808   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1809   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1810     CXXRecordDecl *RD
1811       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1812     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
1813   }
1814   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
1815     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
1816 
1817   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
1818     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1819     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
1820   }
1821 
1822   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
1823 
1824   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
1825 
1826   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
1827   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
1828   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
1829   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
1830   //   A *a = new A()
1831   bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
1832 
1833   if (isPlacementNew) {
1834     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1835     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
1836     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
1837     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
1838     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
1839     //   identical. [...]
1840     //
1841     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
1842     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
1843     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
1844     //
1845     // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
1846     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
1847     {
1848       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
1849         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1850 
1851       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
1852       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1853       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
1854         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
1855 
1856       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
1857       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
1858 
1859       ExpectedFunctionType
1860         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
1861     }
1862 
1863     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
1864                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1865          D != DEnd; ++D) {
1866       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
1867       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
1868             = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
1869         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
1870         // expected function type.
1871         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
1872         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
1873                                     Info))
1874           continue;
1875       } else
1876         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
1877 
1878       if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
1879         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
1880     }
1881   } else {
1882     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1883     //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
1884     //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
1885     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
1886                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1887          D != DEnd; ++D) {
1888       if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1889         if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
1890           Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
1891     }
1892 
1893     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
1894     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
1895     //   function lookup is used
1896     // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
1897     //   If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation
1898     //   function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation
1899     //   function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the
1900     //   selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters.
1901     //   Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function
1902     //   with one parameter.
1903     if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
1904       if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1)
1905         Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
1906       else
1907         Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
1908       assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 &&
1909              "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
1910     }
1911   }
1912 
1913   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1914   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
1915   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
1916   //   deallocation function will be called.
1917   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
1918     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
1919 
1920     // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
1921     //   If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
1922     //   deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
1923     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
1924     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
1925     //   is ill-formed.
1926     if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
1927         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
1928       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
1929         << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
1930                        PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
1931       if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
1932         Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1933           << DeleteName;
1934     } else {
1935       CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
1936                             Matches[0].first);
1937     }
1938   }
1939 
1940   return false;
1941 }
1942 
1943 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function
1944 /// in the specified scope.
1945 ///
1946 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token.
1947 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments.
1948 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]').
1949 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified.
1950 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the
1951 ///        translation unit.
1952 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any
1953 ///        allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p
1954 ///        Operator.
1955 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if
1956 ///        no allocation function was found.
1957 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not
1958 ///        usable.
1959 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1960                                   DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
1961                                   DeclContext *Ctx,
1962                                   bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
1963                                   bool Diagnose) {
1964   LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1965   LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
1966   if (R.empty()) {
1967     if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
1968       return false;
1969     return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
1970       << Name << Range;
1971   }
1972 
1973   if (R.isAmbiguous())
1974     return true;
1975 
1976   R.suppressDiagnostics();
1977 
1978   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
1979   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
1980        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
1981     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
1982     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
1983     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1984 
1985     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
1986       AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
1987                                    /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr,
1988                                    Args, Candidates,
1989                                    /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
1990       continue;
1991     }
1992 
1993     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1994     AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
1995                          /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
1996   }
1997 
1998   // Do the resolution.
1999   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2000   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
2001   case OR_Success: {
2002     // Got one!
2003     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2004     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2005                               Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2006       return true;
2007 
2008     Operator = FnDecl;
2009     return false;
2010   }
2011 
2012   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2013     if (Diagnose) {
2014       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2015         << Name << Range;
2016       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2017     }
2018     return true;
2019 
2020   case OR_Ambiguous:
2021     if (Diagnose) {
2022       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2023         << Name << Range;
2024       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2025     }
2026     return true;
2027 
2028   case OR_Deleted: {
2029     if (Diagnose) {
2030       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2031         << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2032         << Name
2033         << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2034         << Range;
2035       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2036     }
2037     return true;
2038   }
2039   }
2040   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2041 }
2042 
2043 
2044 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2045 /// delete. These are:
2046 /// @code
2047 ///   // C++03:
2048 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2049 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2050 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2051 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2052 ///   // C++11:
2053 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2054 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2055 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2056 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2057 ///   // C++1y:
2058 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2059 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2060 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2061 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2062 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2063 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2064 /// @endcode
2065 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2066 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2067 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2068   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2069     return;
2070 
2071   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2072   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2073   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2074   //   program
2075   //
2076   //     C++03:
2077   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2078   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2079   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2080   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2081   //     C++11:
2082   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2083   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2084   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2085   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2086   //     C++1y:
2087   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2088   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2089   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2090   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2091   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2092   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2093   //
2094   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2095   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2096   //
2097   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2098   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2099   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2100   // lookup.
2101   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2102     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2103     // implicitly.
2104     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2105                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2106                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2107                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2108                                         nullptr);
2109     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2110   }
2111 
2112   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2113 
2114   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2115   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2116   bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;
2117 
2118   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2119       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
2120       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
2121   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2122       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
2123       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
2124   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2125       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2126       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2127   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2128       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2129       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2130   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) {
2131     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2132         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2133         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2134     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2135         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2136         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2137   }
2138 }
2139 
2140 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2141 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2142 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2143                                            QualType Return,
2144                                            QualType Param1, QualType Param2,
2145                                            bool AddRestrictAttr) {
2146   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2147   unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2;
2148 
2149   // Check if this function is already declared.
2150   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2151   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2152        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2153     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2154     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2155     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2156       if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) {
2157         QualType InitialParam1Type =
2158             Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0)
2159                                          ->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2160         QualType InitialParam2Type =
2161             NumParams == 2
2162                 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1)
2163                                                ->getType().getUnqualifiedType())
2164                 : QualType();
2165         // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
2166         if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 &&
2167             (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) {
2168           if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>())
2169             Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(
2170                 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
2171           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2172           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2173           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2174           Func->setHidden(false);
2175           return;
2176         }
2177       }
2178     }
2179   }
2180 
2181   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2182 
2183   QualType BadAllocType;
2184   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2185     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2186        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2187   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2188     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2189       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2190       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2191       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2192       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2193     }
2194   } else {
2195     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2196         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2197   }
2198 
2199   QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 };
2200 
2201   QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(
2202       Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI);
2203   FunctionDecl *Alloc =
2204     FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
2205                          SourceLocation(), Name,
2206                          FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2207   Alloc->setImplicit();
2208 
2209   // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2210   Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
2211                                                 VisibilityAttr::Default));
2212 
2213   if (AddRestrictAttr)
2214     Alloc->addAttr(
2215         RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
2216 
2217   ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2];
2218   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) {
2219     ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
2220                                         SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2221                                         Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2222                                         SC_None, nullptr);
2223     ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit();
2224   }
2225   Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams));
2226 
2227   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2228   IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2229 }
2230 
2231 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2232                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2233                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2234   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2235 
2236   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2237   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2238 
2239   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2240   //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
2241   //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
2242   llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches;
2243   for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2244                            DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2245        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2246     if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D))
2247       if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
2248         Matches.push_back(Fn);
2249   }
2250 
2251   // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
2252   //   If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a
2253   //   usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual
2254   //   deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size
2255   //   parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one
2256   //   with two parameters.  Otherwise, the selected deallocation function
2257   //   shall be the function with one parameter.
2258   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
2259     unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1;
2260     if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs)
2261       Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
2262     else
2263       Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
2264     assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs &&
2265            "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
2266   }
2267 
2268   if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads)
2269     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2270 
2271   assert(Matches.size() == 1 &&
2272          "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions");
2273   return Matches.front();
2274 }
2275 
2276 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2277                                     DeclarationName Name,
2278                                     FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2279   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2280   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2281   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2282 
2283   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2284     return true;
2285 
2286   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2287 
2288   SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
2289   for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2290        F != FEnd; ++F) {
2291     NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2292 
2293     // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
2294     // deallocation function.
2295     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
2296       continue;
2297 
2298     if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
2299       Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
2300   }
2301 
2302   if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads)
2303     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2304 
2305   // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
2306   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2307     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
2308 
2309     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2310       if (Diagnose) {
2311         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2312         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2313       }
2314       return true;
2315     }
2316 
2317     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2318                               Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2319       return true;
2320 
2321     return false;
2322 
2323   // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
2324   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2325     if (Diagnose) {
2326       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2327         << Name << RD;
2328 
2329       for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
2330              F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
2331         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2332              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2333     }
2334     return true;
2335   }
2336 
2337   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2338   // none of them were suitable.
2339   if (!Found.empty()) {
2340     if (Diagnose) {
2341       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2342         << Name << RD;
2343 
2344       for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2345            F != FEnd; ++F)
2346         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2347              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2348     }
2349     return true;
2350   }
2351 
2352   Operator = nullptr;
2353   return false;
2354 }
2355 
2356 namespace {
2357 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2358 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2359 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2360 public:
2361   enum MismatchResult {
2362     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2363     NoMismatch,
2364     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2365     VarInitMismatches,
2366     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2367     MemberInitMismatches,
2368     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2369     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2370     AnalyzeLater
2371   };
2372 
2373   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2374   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2375   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2376   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2377       : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2378         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2379 
2380   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2381   /// matching form of new-expression.
2382   ///
2383   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2384   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2385   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2386   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2387   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2388   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2389   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2390   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2391   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2392   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2393   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2394   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2395   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2396   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2397   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2398   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2399   bool IsArrayForm;
2400   FieldDecl *Field;
2401 
2402 private:
2403   const bool EndOfTU;
2404   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2405   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2406   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2407   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2408   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2409   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2410   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2411   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2412   ///
2413   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2414   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2415   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2416   /// \c NoMismatch.
2417   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2418   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2419   /// \c new.
2420   ///
2421   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2422   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2423   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2424   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2425   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2426   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2427   /// form of \c new.
2428   ///
2429   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2430   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2431   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2432   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2433   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2434   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2435   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2436   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2437   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2438   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2439   /// in-class initializer.
2440   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2441 };
2442 }
2443 
2444 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2445 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2446   NewExprs.clear();
2447   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2448   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2449   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2450   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2451     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2452   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2453     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2454       return VarInitMismatches;
2455   }
2456   return NoMismatch;
2457 }
2458 
2459 const CXXNewExpr *
2460 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2461   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2462   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2463   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2464     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2465       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2466   }
2467 
2468   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2469 }
2470 
2471 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2472     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2473   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2474   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2475       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2476     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2477       return true;
2478     else
2479       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2480   }
2481   return false;
2482 }
2483 
2484 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2485     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2486   if (CD->isImplicit())
2487     return false;
2488   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2489   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2490     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2491     return EndOfTU;
2492   }
2493   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2494     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2495       return true;
2496   }
2497   return false;
2498 }
2499 
2500 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2501 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2502   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2503   const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
2504   if (!InitExpr)
2505     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2506   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
2507     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2508       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2509       return MemberInitMismatches;
2510     }
2511   }
2512   return NoMismatch;
2513 }
2514 
2515 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2516 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2517                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2518   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2519   this->Field = Field;
2520   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2521   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2522   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2523     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2524       return NoMismatch;
2525   }
2526   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2527     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2528   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2529     return MemberInitMismatches;
2530   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2531                                         : NoMismatch;
2532 }
2533 
2534 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2535 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2536   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2537   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2538     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2539   return NoMismatch;
2540 }
2541 
2542 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2543   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2544   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2545     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2546         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2547       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2548     }
2549   }
2550   return NewExprs.empty();
2551 }
2552 
2553 static void
2554 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2555                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2556   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2557   FixItHint H;
2558   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2559     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2560   else {
2561     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2562         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2563         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2564     if (RSquare.isValid())
2565       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
2566   }
2567   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
2568       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
2569 
2570   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
2571     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
2572         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
2573 }
2574 
2575 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2576   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
2577     return;
2578   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
2579   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
2580   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2581   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
2582     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
2583     break;
2584   }
2585   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
2586     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
2587         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
2588     break;
2589   }
2590   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2591     break;
2592   }
2593 }
2594 
2595 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2596                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2597   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
2598   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
2599   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2600     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
2601   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
2602     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
2603                      "translation unit.");
2604   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
2605     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
2606     break;
2607   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2608     break;
2609   }
2610 }
2611 
2612 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
2613 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
2614 /// or
2615 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
2616 ExprResult
2617 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
2618                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
2619   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
2620   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
2621   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
2622   //   void.
2623   //
2624   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
2625 
2626   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
2627   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2628   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
2629   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
2630 
2631   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
2632     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
2633     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
2634     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2635       return ExprError();
2636 
2637     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2638 
2639     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2640     public:
2641       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
2642 
2643       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
2644         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
2645         // the operator T*.
2646         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
2647           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
2648             return true;
2649         return false;
2650       }
2651 
2652       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2653                                             QualType T) override {
2654         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
2655       }
2656 
2657       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2658                                                QualType T) override {
2659         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
2660       }
2661 
2662       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2663                                                  QualType T,
2664                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
2665         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
2666       }
2667 
2668       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2669                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
2670         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2671           << ConvTy;
2672       }
2673 
2674       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2675                                               QualType T) override {
2676         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
2677       }
2678 
2679       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2680                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
2681         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2682           << ConvTy;
2683       }
2684 
2685       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2686                                                QualType T,
2687                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
2688         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
2689       }
2690     } Converter;
2691 
2692     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
2693     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2694       return ExprError();
2695     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2696     if (!Converter.match(Type))
2697       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
2698       //        itself in this case.
2699       return ExprError();
2700 
2701     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2702     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
2703 
2704     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
2705       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
2706                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
2707                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2708 
2709     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
2710     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
2711       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
2712       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
2713       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
2714       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
2715         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
2716     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
2717       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
2718         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
2719     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
2720       // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
2721       // module but is hidden.
2722       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
2723                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
2724         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
2725           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2726       }
2727     }
2728 
2729     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
2730       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
2731           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
2732           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
2733       ArrayForm = true;
2734     }
2735 
2736     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2737                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
2738 
2739     if (PointeeRD) {
2740       if (!UseGlobal &&
2741           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
2742                                    OperatorDelete))
2743         return ExprError();
2744 
2745       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
2746       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
2747       if (ArrayForm) {
2748         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
2749         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
2750         if (UseGlobal)
2751           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
2752             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
2753 
2754         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
2755         // function we just found.
2756         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
2757           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
2758       }
2759 
2760       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
2761         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2762           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
2763                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
2764           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
2765             return ExprError();
2766         }
2767 
2768       CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
2769                            /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
2770                            /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
2771                            SourceLocation());
2772     }
2773 
2774     if (!OperatorDelete)
2775       // Look for a global declaration.
2776       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2777           StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) &&
2778                     (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
2779                      Pointee.isDestructedType()),
2780           DeleteName);
2781 
2782     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
2783 
2784     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
2785     if (PointeeRD) {
2786       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2787           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
2788                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
2789       }
2790     }
2791   }
2792 
2793   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
2794       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
2795       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
2796   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
2797   return Result;
2798 }
2799 
2800 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
2801                                 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
2802                                 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
2803                                 SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
2804   if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
2805     return;
2806 
2807   // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
2808   //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
2809   //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
2810   //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
2811   //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
2812   //   behavior is undefined.
2813   //
2814   const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
2815   // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
2816   if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
2817     return;
2818 
2819   QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
2820   if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
2821     // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
2822     // sure the code has undefined behavior.
2823     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
2824                                                            << ClassType;
2825   } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
2826     // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
2827     // but not necessarily wrong.
2828     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
2829                                                   << ClassType;
2830   }
2831   if (!IsDelete) {
2832     std::string TypeStr;
2833     ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
2834     Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
2835         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
2836   }
2837 }
2838 
2839 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
2840 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
2841 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
2842                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2843                                         bool ConvertToBoolean) {
2844   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
2845     return ExprError();
2846 
2847   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
2848 
2849   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
2850   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
2851   if (T->isFunctionType())
2852     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2853                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
2854                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2855   else if (T->isArrayType())
2856     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2857                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
2858                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2859 
2860   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
2861       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
2862       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2863       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
2864 
2865   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
2866 
2867   if (ConvertToBoolean) {
2868     Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc);
2869     if (Condition.isInvalid())
2870       return ExprError();
2871   }
2872 
2873   return Condition;
2874 }
2875 
2876 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
2877 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
2878   // C++ 6.4p4:
2879   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
2880   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
2881   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
2882   // program is ill-formed.
2883   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
2884   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
2885   //
2886   return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
2887 }
2888 
2889 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
2890 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
2891 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
2892 /// respectively).
2893 bool
2894 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
2895   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
2896   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
2897     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
2898 
2899   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
2900   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
2901   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
2902   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
2903   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
2904     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
2905       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
2906           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
2907         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
2908         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
2909         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
2910           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
2911             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
2912             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
2913             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
2914               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
2915               break;
2916             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
2917               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
2918                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
2919             case StringLiteral::Wide:
2920               return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType();
2921           }
2922         }
2923       }
2924 
2925   return false;
2926 }
2927 
2928 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
2929                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
2930                                        QualType Ty,
2931                                        CastKind Kind,
2932                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2933                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2934                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
2935                                        Expr *From) {
2936   switch (Kind) {
2937   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
2938   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
2939     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
2940     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
2941 
2942     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
2943                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
2944       return ExprError();
2945 
2946     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
2947       return ExprError();
2948 
2949     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor,
2950                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty),
2951                              Constructor->getAccess());
2952     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
2953       return ExprError();
2954 
2955     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
2956         CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
2957         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
2958         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2959         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
2960     if (Result.isInvalid())
2961       return ExprError();
2962 
2963     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
2964   }
2965 
2966   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
2967     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
2968 
2969     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
2970     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
2971       return ExprError();
2972 
2973     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
2974     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
2975     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
2976                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
2977     if (Result.isInvalid())
2978       return ExprError();
2979     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
2980     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
2981                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
2982                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
2983 
2984     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
2985   }
2986   }
2987 }
2988 
2989 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
2990 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
2991 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
2992 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
2993 /// used in the error message.
2994 ExprResult
2995 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2996                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
2997                                 AssignmentAction Action,
2998                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
2999   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
3000   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
3001     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
3002                                                Action, CCK);
3003     if (Res.isInvalid())
3004       return ExprError();
3005     From = Res.get();
3006     break;
3007   }
3008 
3009   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
3010 
3011       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
3012       CastKind CastKind;
3013       QualType BeforeToType;
3014       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
3015       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
3016         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
3017 
3018         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
3019         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3020         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3021         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3022       } else {
3023         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3024         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3025         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3026         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3027           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3028           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3029           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3030           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3031         }
3032       }
3033       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3034       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3035         ExprResult Res =
3036           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3037                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3038                                     CCK);
3039         if (Res.isInvalid())
3040           return ExprError();
3041         From = Res.get();
3042       }
3043 
3044       ExprResult CastArg
3045         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3046                                From->getLocStart(),
3047                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3048                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3049                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3050                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3051                                From);
3052 
3053       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3054         return ExprError();
3055 
3056       From = CastArg.get();
3057 
3058       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3059                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3060   }
3061 
3062   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3063     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3064                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3065                             << From->getSourceRange());
3066      return ExprError();
3067 
3068   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3069     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3070 
3071   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3072     return ExprError();
3073   }
3074 
3075   // Everything went well.
3076   return From;
3077 }
3078 
3079 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3080 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3081 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3082 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3083 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3084 ExprResult
3085 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3086                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3087                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3088                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3089   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3090 
3091   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3092   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3093   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3094   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3095   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3096 
3097   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3098     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3099     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3100     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3101       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3102       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3103                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3104                                   ConstructorArgs))
3105         return ExprError();
3106       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3107           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3108           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3109           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3110           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3111     }
3112     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3113         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3114         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3115         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3116         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3117   }
3118 
3119   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3120   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3121     DeclAccessPair Found;
3122     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3123                                                           true, Found);
3124     if (!Fn)
3125       return ExprError();
3126 
3127     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3128       return ExprError();
3129 
3130     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3131     FromType = From->getType();
3132   }
3133 
3134   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3135   // non-atomic type.
3136   QualType ToAtomicType;
3137   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3138     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3139     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3140   }
3141 
3142   QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
3143   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3144   switch (SCS.First) {
3145   case ICK_Identity:
3146     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3147       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3148       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3149                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3150     }
3151     break;
3152 
3153   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3154     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3155     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3156     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3157     From = FromRes.get();
3158     FromType = From->getType();
3159     break;
3160   }
3161 
3162   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3163     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3164     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3165                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3166     break;
3167 
3168   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3169     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3170     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3171                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3172     break;
3173 
3174   default:
3175     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3176   }
3177 
3178   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3179   switch (SCS.Second) {
3180   case ICK_Identity:
3181     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3182     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3183     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3184     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3185     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3186     switch (Action) {
3187     case AA_Assigning:
3188     case AA_Initializing:
3189       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3190     case AA_Passing:
3191     case AA_Returning:
3192     case AA_Sending:
3193     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3194       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3195         return ExprError();
3196       break;
3197 
3198     case AA_Casting:
3199     case AA_Converting:
3200       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3201       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3202       break;
3203     }
3204     // Nothing else to do.
3205     break;
3206 
3207   case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
3208     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3209     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3210     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3211       return ExprError();
3212 
3213     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3214                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3215     break;
3216 
3217   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3218   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3219     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3220       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3221              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3222              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3223       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3224                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3225     } else {
3226       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3227                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3228     }
3229     break;
3230 
3231   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3232   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3233     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3234                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3235     break;
3236 
3237   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3238   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3239     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3240     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3241     CastKind CK;
3242     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3243       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3244         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3245       else
3246         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3247     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3248       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3249     } else {
3250       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3251     }
3252     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3253                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3254     break;
3255   }
3256 
3257   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3258     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3259       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3260                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3261     else
3262       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3263                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3264     break;
3265 
3266   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3267       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3268                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3269     break;
3270 
3271   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3272   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3273     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3274       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3275       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3276         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3277              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3278           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3279           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3280       else
3281         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3282              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3283           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3284           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3285 
3286       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3287           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3288         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3289     }
3290     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3291              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3292                                                     From->getType())) {
3293       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3294         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3295              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3296       else
3297         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3298              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3299           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3300           << From->getSourceRange();
3301     }
3302 
3303     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3304     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3305     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3306       return ExprError();
3307 
3308     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3309     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3310     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3311       ExprResult E = From;
3312       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3313       From = E.get();
3314     }
3315     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3316       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3317     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3318              .get();
3319     break;
3320   }
3321 
3322   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3323     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3324     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3325     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3326       return ExprError();
3327     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3328       return ExprError();
3329 
3330     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3331     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3332     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3333       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
3334       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
3335     }
3336 
3337     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3338              .get();
3339     break;
3340   }
3341 
3342   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3343     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3344     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3345       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3346       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3347     }
3348 
3349     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3350                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3351                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3352     break;
3353 
3354   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3355     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3356     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3357                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3358                                      From->getLocStart(),
3359                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3360                                      &BasePath,
3361                                      CStyle))
3362       return ExprError();
3363 
3364     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3365                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3366                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3367     break;
3368   }
3369 
3370   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3371     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3372                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3373     break;
3374 
3375   case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
3376     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3377     Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
3378     From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
3379                              /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3380     break;
3381   }
3382 
3383   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3384     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3385     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3386       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3387       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3388 
3389       // x -> y
3390       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3391         // do nothing
3392       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3393         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3394                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3395       } else {
3396         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3397         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3398                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3399       }
3400       // y -> _Complex y
3401       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3402                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3403                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3404 
3405     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3406     } else {
3407       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3408       assert(FromComplex);
3409 
3410       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3411       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3412 
3413       // _Complex x -> x
3414       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3415                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3416                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3417                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3418 
3419       // x -> y
3420       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3421         // do nothing
3422       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3423         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3424                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3425                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3426       } else {
3427         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3428         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3429                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3430                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3431       }
3432     }
3433     break;
3434 
3435   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3436     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3437                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3438     break;
3439   }
3440 
3441   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3442     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3443     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3444       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3445     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3446       return ExprError();
3447     From = FromRes.get();
3448     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3449             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3450     (void)ConvTy;
3451     break;
3452   }
3453 
3454   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3455     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3456                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3457                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3458     break;
3459 
3460   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3461   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3462   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3463   case ICK_Qualification:
3464   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3465   case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
3466     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3467   }
3468 
3469   switch (SCS.Third) {
3470   case ICK_Identity:
3471     // Nothing to do.
3472     break;
3473 
3474   case ICK_Qualification: {
3475     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3476     // target type isn't a reference.
3477     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3478                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3479     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3480                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3481 
3482     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3483         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3484       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3485            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3486            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3487         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3488     }
3489 
3490     break;
3491   }
3492 
3493   default:
3494     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3495   }
3496 
3497   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3498   // that conversion now.
3499   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3500     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3501         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3502     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3503                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3504   }
3505 
3506   // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
3507   // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
3508   if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion)
3509     diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
3510                                         From->getLocStart());
3511 
3512   return From;
3513 }
3514 
3515 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3516 ///
3517 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3518 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3519 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3520 /// returns true.
3521 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3522                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3523                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
3524   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
3525   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
3526   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
3527   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
3528   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
3529   //   must be a complete type.
3530   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
3531   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
3532   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
3533   switch (UTT) {
3534   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3535     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
3536   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
3537     // Fall-through
3538 
3539     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
3540     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
3541     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
3542     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
3543   case UTT_IsVoid:
3544   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3545   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3546   case UTT_IsArray:
3547   case UTT_IsPointer:
3548   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3549   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3550   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3551   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3552   case UTT_IsEnum:
3553   case UTT_IsUnion:
3554   case UTT_IsClass:
3555   case UTT_IsFunction:
3556   case UTT_IsReference:
3557   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3558   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3559   case UTT_IsObject:
3560   case UTT_IsScalar:
3561   case UTT_IsCompound:
3562   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3563     // Fall-through
3564 
3565     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
3566     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
3567     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
3568     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
3569     // Table 49.
3570   case UTT_IsConst:
3571   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3572   case UTT_IsSigned:
3573   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3574 
3575   // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
3576   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3577     return true;
3578 
3579   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3580   //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
3581   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3582   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3583   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3584     if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3585       if (!RD->isUnion())
3586         return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3587             Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3588     return true;
3589 
3590   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3591   //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
3592   case UTT_IsFinal:
3593   case UTT_IsSealed:
3594     if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3595       return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3596           Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3597     return true;
3598 
3599   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
3600   // applied to a complete type.
3601   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3602   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3603   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3604   case UTT_IsPOD:
3605   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3606 
3607   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3608   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3609     // Fall-through
3610 
3611     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
3612     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
3613     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
3614     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
3615     // requiring the complete type.
3616   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
3617   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
3618   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
3619   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
3620   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3621   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3622   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3623   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3624   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3625   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
3626   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
3627     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
3628     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
3629     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
3630       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
3631 
3632     // The void type is expressly allowed.
3633     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
3634       return true;
3635 
3636     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3637       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3638   }
3639 }
3640 
3641 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3642                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
3643                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
3644                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
3645                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
3646 {
3647   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3648   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
3649     return true;
3650 
3651   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3652   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
3653   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
3654   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
3655     bool FoundOperator = false;
3656     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3657     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
3658          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
3659       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
3660         continue;
3661 
3662       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
3663       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
3664         FoundOperator = true;
3665         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
3666           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3667         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3668         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
3669           return false;
3670       }
3671     }
3672     return FoundOperator;
3673   }
3674   return false;
3675 }
3676 
3677 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
3678                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
3679   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
3680 
3681   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
3682   switch(UTT) {
3683   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3684     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
3685     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
3686   case UTT_IsVoid:
3687     return T->isVoidType();
3688   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3689     return T->isIntegralType(C);
3690   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3691     return T->isFloatingType();
3692   case UTT_IsArray:
3693     return T->isArrayType();
3694   case UTT_IsPointer:
3695     return T->isPointerType();
3696   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3697     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
3698   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3699     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
3700   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3701     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
3702   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3703     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
3704   case UTT_IsEnum:
3705     return T->isEnumeralType();
3706   case UTT_IsUnion:
3707     return T->isUnionType();
3708   case UTT_IsClass:
3709     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
3710   case UTT_IsFunction:
3711     return T->isFunctionType();
3712 
3713     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
3714     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
3715   case UTT_IsReference:
3716     return T->isReferenceType();
3717   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3718     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
3719   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3720     return T->isFundamentalType();
3721   case UTT_IsObject:
3722     return T->isObjectType();
3723   case UTT_IsScalar:
3724     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
3725     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
3726     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
3727     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
3728     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
3729       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
3730       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3731       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3732         return true;
3733 
3734       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3735       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3736       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3737         return false;
3738       }
3739     }
3740 
3741     return T->isScalarType();
3742   case UTT_IsCompound:
3743     return T->isCompoundType();
3744   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3745     return T->isMemberPointerType();
3746 
3747     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
3748     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
3749   case UTT_IsConst:
3750     return T.isConstQualified();
3751   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3752     return T.isVolatileQualified();
3753   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3754     return T.isTrivialType(C);
3755   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3756     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
3757   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3758     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
3759   case UTT_IsPOD:
3760     return T.isPODType(C);
3761   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3762     return T->isLiteralType(C);
3763   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3764     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3765       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
3766     return false;
3767   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3768     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3769       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
3770     return false;
3771   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3772     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3773       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
3774     return false;
3775   // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
3776   // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
3777   // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
3778   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3779     return false;
3780   case UTT_IsFinal:
3781   case UTT_IsSealed:
3782     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3783       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
3784     return false;
3785   case UTT_IsSigned:
3786     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
3787   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3788     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3789 
3790     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
3791     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
3792     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
3793     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
3794     // specifications.
3795     //
3796     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3797     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
3798     //
3799     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
3800     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
3801     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
3802     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
3803     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
3804     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
3805   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3806     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3807     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
3808     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
3809     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
3810     if (T.isPODType(C))
3811       return true;
3812     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3813       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
3814              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
3815     return false;
3816   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3817     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3818     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
3819     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
3820     if (T.isPODType(C))
3821       return true;
3822     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3823       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
3824     return false;
3825   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3826     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3827     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
3828     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
3829     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
3830     //   is true, else it is false.
3831     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
3832       return true;
3833     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3834       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
3835              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
3836     return false;
3837   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3838     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3839     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
3840     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
3841     if (T.isPODType(C))
3842       return true;
3843     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3844       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
3845     return false;
3846   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3847     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3848     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
3849     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
3850     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
3851     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
3852     //   true, else it is false.
3853     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
3854     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
3855     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
3856     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
3857     // [class.copy]p12).
3858 
3859     if (T.isConstQualified())
3860       return false;
3861     if (T.isPODType(C))
3862       return true;
3863     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3864       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
3865              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
3866     return false;
3867   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3868   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3869     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3870     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
3871     if (T->isReferenceType())
3872       return true;
3873 
3874     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
3875     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
3876         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
3877       return true;
3878 
3879     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3880     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
3881     //   false.
3882     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
3883       return false;
3884 
3885     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3886     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
3887     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
3888     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
3889     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3890       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
3891       if (!Destructor)
3892         return false;
3893       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
3894       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
3895       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
3896       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
3897         return false;
3898       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
3899         return false;
3900       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
3901         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
3902             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3903         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3904         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
3905           return false;
3906       }
3907     }
3908     return true;
3909 
3910   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
3911     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3912     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
3913     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
3914     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
3915     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
3916     //   false.
3917     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
3918       return true;
3919 
3920     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
3921     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
3922         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
3923       return true;
3924 
3925     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3926       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
3927     return false;
3928   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
3929   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
3930     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3931     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
3932     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
3933     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
3934     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
3935     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
3936     //   false.
3937     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
3938       return false;
3939     if (T->isReferenceType())
3940       return false;
3941     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
3942       return true;
3943 
3944     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
3945       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
3946                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
3947                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
3948                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
3949     return false;
3950   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
3951     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3952     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
3953     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
3954     if (T.isPODType(C))
3955       return true;
3956 
3957     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
3958       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
3959                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
3960                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
3961                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
3962     return false;
3963   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
3964     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3965     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
3966     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
3967     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
3968     //   false.
3969     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
3970       return true;
3971     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3972       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
3973           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
3974         return true;
3975 
3976       bool FoundConstructor = false;
3977       unsigned FoundTQs;
3978       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
3979         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
3980         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
3981         // resolution point.
3982         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
3983           continue;
3984         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
3985         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
3986           FoundConstructor = true;
3987           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
3988               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3989           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3990           if (!CPT)
3991             return false;
3992           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
3993           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
3994           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
3995             return false;
3996         }
3997       }
3998 
3999       return FoundConstructor;
4000     }
4001     return false;
4002   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4003     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4004     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
4005     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
4006     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
4007     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
4008     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4009       return true;
4010     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4011       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4012           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
4013         return true;
4014 
4015       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4016       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4017         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
4018         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4019           continue;
4020         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4021         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
4022           FoundConstructor = true;
4023           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4024               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4025           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4026           if (!CPT)
4027             return false;
4028           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4029           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4030           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
4031             return false;
4032         }
4033       }
4034       return FoundConstructor;
4035     }
4036     return false;
4037   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4038     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4039     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4040     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
4041     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4042       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4043         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4044     return false;
4045 
4046     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4047     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4048     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4049   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4050     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4051     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4052     //   function call.
4053     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4054   }
4055 }
4056 
4057 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4058 /// ARC mode.
4059 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4060   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4061   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4062     return false;
4063 
4064   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4065   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4066   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4067     return true;
4068 
4069   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4070     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4071   }
4072 
4073   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4074 }
4075 
4076 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4077                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4078 
4079 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4080                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4081                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4082   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4083     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4084 
4085   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4086     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4087                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4088 
4089   switch (Kind) {
4090   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4091   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4092   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4093     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4094     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4095     //
4096     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4097     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4098     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4099     //
4100     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4101     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4102     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4103     //   variable t:
4104     //
4105     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4106     assert(!Args.empty());
4107 
4108     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4109     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4110     // unknown bound.
4111     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4112       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4113       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4114         continue;
4115 
4116       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4117           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4118         return false;
4119     }
4120 
4121     // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
4122     QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
4123     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4124       return false;
4125 
4126     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4127     CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4128     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4129       return false;
4130 
4131     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4132     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4133     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4134     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4135       QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
4136       if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
4137         ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
4138       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4139           OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4140                           ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4141                           Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
4142     }
4143     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4144       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4145 
4146     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4147     // trap at translation unit scope.
4148     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4149     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4150     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4151     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4152     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4153                                                                  RParenLoc));
4154     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4155     if (Init.Failed())
4156       return false;
4157 
4158     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4159     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4160       return false;
4161 
4162     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4163       return true;
4164 
4165     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4166       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4167 
4168     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4169       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4170       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4171       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4172           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType()))
4173         return false;
4174 
4175       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4176       // calls.
4177       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4178     }
4179 
4180     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4181     return false;
4182   }
4183     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4184   }
4185 
4186   return false;
4187 }
4188 
4189 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4190                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4191                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4192   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4193 
4194   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4195                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4196     return ExprError();
4197 
4198   bool Dependent = false;
4199   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4200     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4201       Dependent = true;
4202       break;
4203     }
4204   }
4205 
4206   bool Result = false;
4207   if (!Dependent)
4208     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4209 
4210   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4211                                RParenLoc, Result);
4212 }
4213 
4214 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4215                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4216                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4217   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4218   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4219 
4220   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4221     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4222     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4223     if (!TInfo)
4224       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4225 
4226     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4227   }
4228 
4229   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4230 }
4231 
4232 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4233                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4234   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4235          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4236 
4237   switch(BTT) {
4238   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4239     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4240     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4241     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4242     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4243 
4244     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4245     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4246 
4247     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4248     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4249 
4250     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4251              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4252 
4253     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4254       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4255 
4256     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4257     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4258     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4259     //   complete type.
4260     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4261                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4262       return false;
4263 
4264     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4265       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4266   }
4267   case BTT_IsSame:
4268     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4269   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4270     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4271                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4272   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4273   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4274     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4275     //   Given the following function prototype:
4276     //
4277     //     template <class T>
4278     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4279     //
4280     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4281     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4282     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4283     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4284     //   type of the function:
4285     //
4286     //     To test() {
4287     //       return create<From>();
4288     //     }
4289     //
4290     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4291     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4292     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4293     //   is considered.
4294     //
4295     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4296     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4297     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4298 
4299     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4300     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4301       return false;
4302 
4303     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4304     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4305       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4306 
4307     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4308     if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
4309       return false;
4310 
4311     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4312     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4313       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4314 
4315     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4316     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4317     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4318                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4319     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4320     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4321                                                            SourceLocation()));
4322 
4323     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4324     // trap at translation unit scope.
4325     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4326     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4327     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4328     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4329     if (Init.Failed())
4330       return false;
4331 
4332     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4333     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4334   }
4335 
4336   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4337   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4338     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4339     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4340     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4341     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4342     //
4343     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4344     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4345     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4346     //
4347     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4348     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4349     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4350         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4351           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4352       return false;
4353     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4354         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4355           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4356       return false;
4357 
4358     // cv void is never assignable.
4359     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4360       return false;
4361 
4362     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4363     // declval<U>().
4364     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4365       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4366     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4367       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4368     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4369                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4370     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4371                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4372 
4373     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4374     // trap at translation unit scope.
4375     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4376     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4377     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4378     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4379                                         &Rhs);
4380     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4381       return false;
4382 
4383     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4384       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4385 
4386     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4387       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4388       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4389       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4390           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4391         return false;
4392 
4393       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4394     }
4395 
4396     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4397     return false;
4398   }
4399     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4400   }
4401   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4402 }
4403 
4404 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4405                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4406                                      ParsedType Ty,
4407                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4408                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4409   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4410   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4411   if (!TSInfo)
4412     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4413 
4414   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4415 }
4416 
4417 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4418                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4419                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4420   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4421 
4422   switch(ATT) {
4423   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4424     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4425       unsigned Dim = 0;
4426       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4427         ++Dim;
4428         T = AT->getElementType();
4429       }
4430       return Dim;
4431     }
4432     return 0;
4433 
4434   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4435     llvm::APSInt Value;
4436     uint64_t Dim;
4437     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4438           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4439           false).isInvalid())
4440       return 0;
4441     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4442       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4443         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4444       return 0;
4445     }
4446     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4447 
4448     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4449       unsigned D = 0;
4450       bool Matched = false;
4451       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4452         if (Dim == D) {
4453           Matched = true;
4454           break;
4455         }
4456         ++D;
4457         T = AT->getElementType();
4458       }
4459 
4460       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4461         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4462           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4463       }
4464     }
4465     return 0;
4466   }
4467   }
4468   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4469 }
4470 
4471 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4472                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4473                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4474                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4475                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4476   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4477 
4478   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4479   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4480   uint64_t Value = 0;
4481   if (!T->isDependentType())
4482     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4483 
4484   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4485   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4486   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4487   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4488   // important distinction.
4489   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4490                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4491 }
4492 
4493 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4494                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4495                                       Expr *Queried,
4496                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4497   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4498   if (!Queried)
4499     return ExprError();
4500 
4501   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4502 
4503   return Result;
4504 }
4505 
4506 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4507   switch (ET) {
4508   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4509   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4510   }
4511   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4512 }
4513 
4514 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4515                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4516                                       Expr *Queried,
4517                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4518   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
4519     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4520   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
4521     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
4522     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4523     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
4524   }
4525 
4526   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
4527 
4528   return new (Context)
4529       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
4530 }
4531 
4532 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4533                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
4534                                             SourceLocation Loc,
4535                                             bool isIndirect) {
4536   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4537          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4538          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
4539 
4540   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
4541   if (isIndirect) {
4542     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4543     if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4544   }
4545 
4546   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
4547   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4548   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4549 
4550   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
4551   // C++ 5.5p2
4552   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
4553   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
4554   //   class type) [...]
4555   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
4556   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
4557   if (!MemPtr) {
4558     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
4559       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4560     return QualType();
4561   }
4562 
4563   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
4564 
4565   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
4566   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
4567   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
4568   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
4569   // likely to be considered a defect.
4570 
4571   // C++ 5.5p2
4572   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
4573   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
4574   //   such a class]
4575   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
4576   if (isIndirect) {
4577     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
4578       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4579     else {
4580       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
4581         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
4582         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
4583       return QualType();
4584     }
4585   }
4586 
4587   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
4588     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
4589     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
4590                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
4591       return QualType();
4592     }
4593 
4594     if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
4595       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
4596         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
4597       return QualType();
4598     }
4599 
4600     CXXCastPath BasePath;
4601     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
4602                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
4603                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
4604                                      &BasePath))
4605       return QualType();
4606 
4607     // Cast LHS to type of use.
4608     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
4609     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4610     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
4611                             &BasePath);
4612   }
4613 
4614   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
4615     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
4616     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
4617     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
4618      return QualType();
4619   }
4620 
4621   // C++ 5.5p2
4622   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
4623   //   second operand.
4624   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
4625   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
4626   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
4627   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
4628 
4629   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4630   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
4631   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
4632   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
4633   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
4634   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
4635   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
4636     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
4637     case RQ_None:
4638       // Do nothing
4639       break;
4640 
4641     case RQ_LValue:
4642       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
4643         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4644           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4645       break;
4646 
4647     case RQ_RValue:
4648       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
4649         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4650           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4651       break;
4652     }
4653   }
4654 
4655   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4656   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
4657   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
4658   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
4659   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
4660   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
4661   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
4662   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
4663     VK = VK_RValue;
4664     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
4665   } else if (isIndirect) {
4666     VK = VK_LValue;
4667   } else {
4668     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4669   }
4670 
4671   return Result;
4672 }
4673 
4674 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
4675 ///
4676 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4677 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
4678 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
4679 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
4680 /// as such.
4681 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
4682                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4683                                 bool &HaveConversion,
4684                                 QualType &ToType) {
4685   HaveConversion = false;
4686   ToType = To->getType();
4687 
4688   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
4689                                                            SourceLocation());
4690   // C++0x 5.16p3
4691   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
4692   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
4693   //   as follows:
4694   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue:
4695   bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
4696   if (ToIsLvalue) {
4697     //   E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
4698     //   type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
4699     //   conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
4700     QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
4701     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4702 
4703     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4704     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
4705       ToType = T;
4706       HaveConversion = true;
4707       return false;
4708     }
4709 
4710     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4711       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4712   }
4713 
4714   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
4715   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
4716   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
4717   QualType FTy = From->getType();
4718   QualType TTy = To->getType();
4719   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4720   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4721   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
4722                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
4723   if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
4724                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
4725     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
4726     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
4727     //         [cv2 > cv1].
4728     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
4729       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
4730         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4731         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4732         if (InitSeq) {
4733           HaveConversion = true;
4734           return false;
4735         }
4736 
4737         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4738           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4739       }
4740     }
4741 
4742     return false;
4743   }
4744 
4745   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4746   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
4747   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
4748   //        an rvalue).
4749   //
4750   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
4751   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
4752   if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
4753     TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
4754 
4755   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4756   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4757   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
4758   ToType = TTy;
4759   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4760     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4761 
4762   return false;
4763 }
4764 
4765 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
4766 ///
4767 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4768 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
4769 /// conversion to a common type.
4770 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4771                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4772   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
4773   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
4774                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
4775   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
4776                                     CandidateSet);
4777 
4778   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4779   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
4780     case OR_Success: {
4781       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
4782       ExprResult LHSRes =
4783         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4784                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
4785       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
4786         break;
4787       LHS = LHSRes;
4788 
4789       ExprResult RHSRes =
4790         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
4791                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
4792       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
4793         break;
4794       RHS = RHSRes;
4795       if (Best->Function)
4796         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
4797       return false;
4798     }
4799 
4800     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4801 
4802       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
4803       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
4804       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
4805       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
4806         return true;
4807 
4808       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4809         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4810         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4811       return true;
4812 
4813     case OR_Ambiguous:
4814       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
4815         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4816         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4817       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
4818       // the viable candidates.
4819       break;
4820 
4821     case OR_Deleted:
4822       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
4823   }
4824   return true;
4825 }
4826 
4827 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
4828 /// TryClassUnification.
4829 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
4830   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4831   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
4832                                                            SourceLocation());
4833   Expr *Arg = E.get();
4834   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4835   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4836   if (Result.isInvalid())
4837     return true;
4838 
4839   E = Result;
4840   return false;
4841 }
4842 
4843 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
4844 ///
4845 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
4846 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
4847 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
4848                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
4849                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
4850                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4851   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
4852   // interface pointers.
4853 
4854   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
4855   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
4856   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
4857     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
4858     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
4859       return QualType();
4860     Cond = CondRes;
4861   }
4862 
4863   // Assume r-value.
4864   VK = VK_RValue;
4865   OK = OK_Ordinary;
4866 
4867   // Either of the arguments dependent?
4868   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
4869     return Context.DependentTy;
4870 
4871   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
4872   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
4873   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4874   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4875   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
4876   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
4877   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
4878     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
4879     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
4880     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
4881     //      and value category of the other.
4882     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
4883     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
4884     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
4885       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
4886       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
4887       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
4888       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
4889       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
4890       return NonThrow->getType();
4891     }
4892 
4893     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
4894     //      type void and is a prvalue.
4895     if (LVoid && RVoid)
4896       return Context.VoidTy;
4897 
4898     // Neither holds, error.
4899     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
4900       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
4901       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4902     return QualType();
4903   }
4904 
4905   // Neither is void.
4906 
4907   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
4908   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
4909   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
4910   //   those operands to the type of the other.
4911   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
4912       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
4913     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
4914     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
4915     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
4916     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
4917       return QualType();
4918     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
4919       return QualType();
4920 
4921     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
4922     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
4923       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
4924         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4925       return QualType();
4926     }
4927 
4928     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
4929     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
4930     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
4931     if (HaveL2R) {
4932       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
4933         return QualType();
4934       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4935     } else if (HaveR2L) {
4936       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
4937         return QualType();
4938       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4939     }
4940   }
4941 
4942   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
4943   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
4944   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
4945   //   operands to the type of the other.
4946   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4947   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
4948   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
4949       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
4950       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
4951     // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
4952     // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
4953     // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
4954     Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
4955     Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
4956     if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
4957       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
4958       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4959     }
4960     else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
4961       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
4962       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4963     }
4964   }
4965 
4966   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
4967   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
4968   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
4969   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
4970   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
4971   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
4972   // l-values.
4973   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
4974   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
4975       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
4976       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
4977     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4978     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
4979         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
4980       OK = OK_BitField;
4981     return LTy;
4982   }
4983 
4984   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
4985   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
4986   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
4987   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
4988     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
4989     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
4990     //   program is ill-formed.
4991     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
4992       return QualType();
4993   }
4994 
4995   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
4996   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
4997   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
4998   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4999   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5000   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5001     return QualType();
5002   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5003   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5004 
5005   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
5006   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
5007   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
5008   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
5009   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
5010   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
5011   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
5012     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
5013       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
5014       if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
5015                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
5016         return QualType();
5017       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
5018 
5019       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5020                                                      SourceLocation(),
5021                                                      LHS);
5022       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
5023         return QualType();
5024 
5025       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5026                                                      SourceLocation(),
5027                                                      RHS);
5028       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
5029         return QualType();
5030 
5031       LHS = LHSCopy;
5032       RHS = RHSCopy;
5033     }
5034 
5035     return LTy;
5036   }
5037 
5038   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5039   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5040     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5041                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5042                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5043 
5044   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5045   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5046   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5047   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5048     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5049     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5050       return QualType();
5051 
5052     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5053     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5054 
5055     return ResTy;
5056   }
5057 
5058   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5059   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5060   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5061   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5062   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5063   //      pointer type.
5064   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5065   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5066   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5067   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5068   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5069   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5070   bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5071   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5072                                  isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
5073                                                    : &NonStandardCompositeType);
5074   if (!Composite.isNull()) {
5075     if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5076       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5077            diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
5078         << LTy << RTy << Composite
5079         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5080 
5081     return Composite;
5082   }
5083 
5084   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5085   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5086   if (!Composite.isNull())
5087     return Composite;
5088 
5089   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5090   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5091     return QualType();
5092 
5093   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5094     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5095     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5096   return QualType();
5097 }
5098 
5099 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5100 ///
5101 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5102 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
5103 /// type and returns it.
5104 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5105 ///
5106 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5107 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5108 ///
5109 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
5110 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
5111 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
5112 /// will be set true.
5113 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5114                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5115                                         bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
5116   if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5117     *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5118 
5119   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5120   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5121 
5122   // C++11 5.9p2
5123   //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
5124   //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
5125   //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
5126   //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
5127   //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
5128   if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
5129       !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
5130     if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
5131         E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5132       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5133       return T1;
5134     }
5135     if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5136         E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5137       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5138       return T2;
5139     }
5140     return QualType();
5141   }
5142 
5143   if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5144     if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
5145       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5146     else
5147       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5148     return T2;
5149   }
5150   if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5151     if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
5152       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5153     else
5154       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5155     return T1;
5156   }
5157 
5158   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5159   if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
5160       (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
5161     return QualType();
5162 
5163   //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
5164   //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
5165   //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
5166   //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
5167   //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
5168   //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
5169   // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
5170   // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
5171   // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
5172   // types are the same, we have succeeded.
5173   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5174   typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
5175   QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
5176   typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
5177       ContainingClassVector;
5178   ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
5179   QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
5180            Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
5181   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5182   do {
5183     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5184     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5185         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5186       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5187       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5188 
5189       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5190       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5191       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5192           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5193         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5194 
5195       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5196                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5197       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5198       continue;
5199     }
5200 
5201     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5202     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5203         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5204       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5205       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5206 
5207       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5208       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5209       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5210           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5211         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5212 
5213       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5214                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5215       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5216                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5217       continue;
5218     }
5219 
5220     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5221 
5222     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5223     break;
5224   } while (true);
5225 
5226   if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
5227     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5228     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5229     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5230     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
5231       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
5232         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5233         *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
5234       }
5235     }
5236   }
5237 
5238   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5239   ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
5240     = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5241   for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
5242          I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
5243          E = QualifierUnion.rend();
5244        I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
5245     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
5246     if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
5247       // Rebuild member pointer type
5248       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5249                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
5250                                     MOC->first);
5251       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5252                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
5253                                     MOC->second);
5254     } else {
5255       // Rebuild pointer type
5256       Composite1
5257         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5258       Composite2
5259         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5260     }
5261   }
5262 
5263   // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
5264   InitializedEntity Entity1
5265     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
5266   InitializationKind Kind
5267     = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
5268   InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5269   InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5270 
5271   if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
5272     // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
5273     if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5274       // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
5275       // Composite2 is also viable.
5276       InitializedEntity Entity2
5277         = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5278       InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5279       InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5280       if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
5281         // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
5282         // this is an ambiguity.
5283         return QualType();
5284       }
5285     }
5286 
5287     // Convert E1 to Composite1
5288     ExprResult E1Result
5289       = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5290     if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5291       return QualType();
5292     E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5293 
5294     // Convert E2 to Composite1
5295     ExprResult E2Result
5296       = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5297     if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5298       return QualType();
5299     E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5300 
5301     return Composite1;
5302   }
5303 
5304   // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
5305   InitializedEntity Entity2
5306     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5307   InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5308   InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5309   if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
5310     return QualType();
5311 
5312   // Convert E1 to Composite2
5313   ExprResult E1Result
5314     = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5315   if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5316     return QualType();
5317   E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5318 
5319   // Convert E2 to Composite2
5320   ExprResult E2Result
5321     = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5322   if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5323     return QualType();
5324   E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5325 
5326   return Composite2;
5327 }
5328 
5329 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5330   if (!E)
5331     return ExprError();
5332 
5333   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5334 
5335   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5336   if (!E->isRValue())
5337     return E;
5338 
5339   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5340   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5341   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5342       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5343 
5344     bool ReturnsRetained;
5345 
5346     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5347     // called value.
5348     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5349       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5350       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5351 
5352       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5353         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5354         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5355           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5356         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5357           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5358       }
5359 
5360       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5361         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5362       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5363         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5364       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5365         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5366 
5367       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5368       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5369       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5370 
5371     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5372     // type always produce a +1 object.
5373     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5374       ReturnsRetained = true;
5375 
5376     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5377     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5378     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5379                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5380       return E;
5381 
5382     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
5383     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
5384     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
5385     } else {
5386       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
5387       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
5388         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
5389       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5390         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
5391       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
5392         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
5393       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
5394                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
5395         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
5396       }
5397 
5398       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
5399 
5400       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
5401       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
5402       // return an object.
5403       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
5404           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
5405         return E;
5406     }
5407 
5408     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
5409     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
5410       return E;
5411 
5412     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5413 
5414     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
5415                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
5416     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
5417                                     VK_RValue);
5418   }
5419 
5420   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5421     return E;
5422 
5423   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
5424   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
5425   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
5426   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
5427   while (!RT) {
5428     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
5429     case Type::Record:
5430       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
5431       break;
5432     case Type::ConstantArray:
5433     case Type::IncompleteArray:
5434     case Type::VariableArray:
5435     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
5436       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5437       break;
5438     default:
5439       return E;
5440     }
5441   }
5442 
5443   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
5444   // not processing a decltype expression.
5445   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5446   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
5447     return E;
5448 
5449   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
5450   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
5451 
5452   if (Destructor) {
5453     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5454     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5455                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5456                             << E->getType());
5457     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
5458       return ExprError();
5459 
5460     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
5461     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
5462       return E;
5463 
5464     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5465     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5466   }
5467 
5468   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
5469   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
5470 
5471   if (IsDecltype)
5472     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
5473 
5474   return Bind;
5475 }
5476 
5477 ExprResult
5478 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
5479   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5480     return ExprError();
5481 
5482   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
5483 }
5484 
5485 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
5486   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
5487 
5488   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5489 
5490   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
5491   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
5492   assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
5493   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5494     return SubExpr;
5495 
5496   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
5497                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
5498 
5499   Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
5500   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
5501 
5502   return E;
5503 }
5504 
5505 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
5506   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
5507 
5508   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5509 
5510   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5511     return SubStmt;
5512 
5513   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
5514   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
5515   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
5516   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
5517   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
5518                                                       SourceLocation(),
5519                                                       SourceLocation());
5520   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
5521                                    SourceLocation());
5522   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
5523 }
5524 
5525 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
5526 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
5527 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
5528 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
5529 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
5530   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
5531 
5532   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
5533   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
5534   // -- if the function call is either
5535   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
5536   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
5537   //      decltype-specifier,
5538   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
5539 
5540   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
5541   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
5542   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
5543     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
5544     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5545       return ExprError();
5546     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
5547       return E;
5548     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
5549   }
5550   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5551     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
5552       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
5553       if (RHS.isInvalid())
5554         return ExprError();
5555       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
5556         return E;
5557       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
5558           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
5559           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
5560     }
5561   }
5562 
5563   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
5564   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
5565                               : nullptr;
5566   if (TopCall)
5567     E = TopCall;
5568   else
5569     TopBind = nullptr;
5570 
5571   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
5572   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
5573 
5574   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
5575   // decltype expression.
5576   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
5577     return E;
5578 
5579   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
5580   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
5581        I != N; ++I) {
5582     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
5583     if (Call == TopCall)
5584       continue;
5585 
5586     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
5587                             Call->getLocStart(),
5588                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
5589       return ExprError();
5590   }
5591 
5592   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
5593   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
5594   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
5595        I != N; ++I) {
5596     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
5597       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
5598     if (Bind == TopBind)
5599       continue;
5600 
5601     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
5602 
5603     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
5604       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5605     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
5606     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
5607 
5608     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5609     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5610                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5611                             << Bind->getType());
5612     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
5613       return ExprError();
5614 
5615     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5616     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5617   }
5618 
5619   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
5620   return E;
5621 }
5622 
5623 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
5624 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
5625                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
5626   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
5627   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
5628   unsigned Limit = 9;
5629   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
5630     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
5631     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
5632     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
5633   }
5634 
5635   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
5636     if (I == SkipStart) {
5637       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
5638              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
5639           << SkipCount;
5640       I += SkipCount;
5641     } else {
5642       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
5643           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
5644       ++I;
5645     }
5646   }
5647 }
5648 
5649 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5650                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
5651                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5652                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
5653                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
5654   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5655   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
5656   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5657   Base = Result.get();
5658 
5659   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5660   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5661   Base = Result.get();
5662 
5663   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
5664   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
5665   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
5666     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
5667     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
5668     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
5669     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
5670       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
5671         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5672 
5673     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5674     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5675     return Base;
5676   }
5677 
5678   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
5679   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
5680   //   returned, with the original second operand.
5681   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5682     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
5683     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
5684     bool FirstIteration = true;
5685     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
5686     // The set of types we've considered so far.
5687     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
5688     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
5689     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
5690 
5691     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5692       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
5693         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
5694           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
5695         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5696         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
5697           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
5698         return ExprError();
5699       }
5700 
5701       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
5702           S, Base, OpLoc,
5703           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
5704           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
5705           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
5706           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
5707           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
5708               ? nullptr
5709               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
5710       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5711         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
5712           if (FirstIteration) {
5713             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5714               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
5715               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5716             OpKind = tok::period;
5717             break;
5718           }
5719           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
5720             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
5721           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
5722           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
5723             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
5724                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
5725           }
5726         }
5727         return ExprError();
5728       }
5729       Base = Result.get();
5730       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
5731         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
5732       BaseType = Base->getType();
5733       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
5734       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
5735         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
5736         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5737         return ExprError();
5738       }
5739       FirstIteration = false;
5740     }
5741 
5742     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
5743         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
5744       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5745   }
5746 
5747   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
5748   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
5749   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
5750     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5751 
5752   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5753   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
5754   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
5755   //   postfix-expression.
5756   //
5757   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
5758   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
5759   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
5760   // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
5761   // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
5762   // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
5763   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
5764     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5765     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5766     return Base;
5767   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5768     ObjectType = nullptr;
5769     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5770     return Base;
5771   }
5772 
5773   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
5774   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
5775   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
5776   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
5777   //   the member function body.
5778   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
5779       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
5780       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
5781     return ExprError();
5782 
5783   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5784   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
5785   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
5786   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
5787   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
5788   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5789   return Base;
5790 }
5791 
5792 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
5793                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5794   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
5795     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5796     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
5797     Base = result.get();
5798   }
5799   ObjectType = Base->getType();
5800 
5801   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5802   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
5803   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
5804   //   This scalar type is the object type.
5805   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
5806   // arrow operator.
5807   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5808     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5809       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5810     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
5811       // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
5812       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5813         << ObjectType << true
5814         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5815       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
5816         return true;
5817 
5818       OpKind = tok::period;
5819     }
5820   }
5821 
5822   return false;
5823 }
5824 
5825 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
5826                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
5827                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5828                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5829                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
5830                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
5831                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5832                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
5833   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
5834 
5835   QualType ObjectType;
5836   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
5837     return ExprError();
5838 
5839   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
5840       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
5841     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
5842       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
5843     else {
5844       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
5845         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
5846       return ExprError();
5847     }
5848   }
5849 
5850   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5851   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
5852   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
5853   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
5854     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
5855     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
5856       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
5857     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
5858       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
5859         Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
5860           << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
5861           << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5862 
5863         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
5864         DestructedType = ObjectType;
5865         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
5866                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
5867         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
5868       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
5869                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
5870 
5871         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5872           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
5873           // type.
5874         } else {
5875           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
5876             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
5877             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5878         }
5879 
5880         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
5881         DestructedType = ObjectType;
5882         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
5883                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
5884         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
5885       }
5886     }
5887   }
5888 
5889   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5890   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
5891   //   form
5892   //
5893   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
5894   //
5895   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
5896   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
5897     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
5898     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
5899         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
5900 
5901       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
5902            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
5903         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
5904         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5905 
5906       ScopeType = QualType();
5907       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
5908     }
5909   }
5910 
5911   Expr *Result
5912     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
5913                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
5914                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
5915                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
5916                                             CCLoc,
5917                                             TildeLoc,
5918                                             Destructed);
5919 
5920   return Result;
5921 }
5922 
5923 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5924                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
5925                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5926                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5927                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
5928                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
5929                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5930                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
5931   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
5932           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
5933          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
5934   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
5935           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
5936          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
5937 
5938   QualType ObjectType;
5939   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
5940     return ExprError();
5941 
5942   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
5943   // record types and dependent types matter.
5944   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
5945   if (!SS.isSet()) {
5946     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
5947       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
5948     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
5949       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
5950   }
5951 
5952   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
5953   // type (with source-location information).
5954   QualType DestructedType;
5955   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
5956   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
5957   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5958     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
5959                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
5960                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
5961     if (!T &&
5962         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
5963          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
5964       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
5965       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
5966       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
5967       // template instantiation time.
5968       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
5969                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
5970     } else if (!T) {
5971       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
5972            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
5973         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
5974       if (isSFINAEContext())
5975         return ExprError();
5976 
5977       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
5978       DestructedType = ObjectType;
5979     } else
5980       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
5981   } else {
5982     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
5983     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
5984     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5985                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
5986     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
5987                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
5988                                        TemplateId->Template,
5989                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
5990                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
5991                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
5992                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5993     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
5994       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
5995       DestructedType = ObjectType;
5996     } else
5997       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
5998   }
5999 
6000   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
6001   // information.
6002   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
6003     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
6004       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
6005                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6006     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6007   }
6008 
6009   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
6010   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6011   QualType ScopeType;
6012   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6013       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
6014     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6015       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
6016                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6017                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6018       if (!T) {
6019         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6020              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6021           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6022 
6023         if (isSFINAEContext())
6024           return ExprError();
6025 
6026         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
6027         ScopeType = QualType();
6028       } else
6029         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
6030     } else {
6031       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6032       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
6033       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6034                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6035       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6036                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6037                                          TemplateId->Template,
6038                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6039                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6040                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
6041                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6042       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6043         // Recover by dropping this type.
6044         ScopeType = QualType();
6045       } else
6046         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
6047     }
6048   }
6049 
6050   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6051     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6052                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6053 
6054 
6055   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6056                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6057                                    Destructed);
6058 }
6059 
6060 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6061                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6062                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6063                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6064                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6065   QualType ObjectType;
6066   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6067     return ExprError();
6068 
6069   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6070                                  false);
6071 
6072   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6073   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6074   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6075   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6076   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6077 
6078   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6079                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6080                                    Destructed);
6081 }
6082 
6083 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6084                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6085                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6086   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6087       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6088     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6089     // is a LambdaExpr.
6090     Expr *SubE = E;
6091     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6092     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6093       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6094     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6095     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6096       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6097     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6098       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6099       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6100       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6101       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6102       // autoreleased.
6103       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6104       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6105                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6106                                                      Method, E);
6107       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6108         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6109       return Exp;
6110     }
6111   }
6112 
6113   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6114                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6115   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6116     return true;
6117 
6118   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6119       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6120       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6121   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6122     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6123   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6124 
6125   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6126   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6127   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6128 
6129   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6130     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6131                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6132   return CE;
6133 }
6134 
6135 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6136                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6137   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6138   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6139   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6140   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6141   if (R.isInvalid())
6142     return R;
6143 
6144   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6145   Operand = R.get();
6146 
6147   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6148       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6149     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6150     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6151     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6152   }
6153 
6154   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6155   return new (Context)
6156       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6157 }
6158 
6159 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6160                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6161   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6162 }
6163 
6164 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6165   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6166   // according to [expr]p10:
6167   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6168   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6169   //   one of the following forms:
6170   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6171 
6172   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6173   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6174     return true;
6175 
6176   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6177   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6178     return true;
6179 
6180   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6181   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6182     return true;
6183 
6184   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6185   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6186     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6187       return true;
6188 
6189   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6190     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6191     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6192       return true;
6193 
6194     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6195     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6196       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6197   }
6198 
6199   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6200   //     operands are one of the above, or
6201   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6202     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6203            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6204   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6205   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6206           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6207     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6208       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6209              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6210   }
6211 
6212   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6213   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6214     return true;
6215 
6216   return false;
6217 }
6218 
6219 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6220 /// context that ignores the result.
6221 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6222   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6223     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6224     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6225     E = result.get();
6226   }
6227 
6228   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6229   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6230   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6231   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6232   if (E->isRValue()) {
6233     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6234     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6235     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6236     // some clients.
6237     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6238       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6239 
6240     return E;
6241   }
6242 
6243   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6244     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6245     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6246     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6247     // conversion.
6248     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6249         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6250         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6251       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6252       if (Res.isInvalid())
6253         return E;
6254       E = Res.get();
6255     }
6256     return E;
6257   }
6258 
6259   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6260   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6261     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6262       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6263       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6264       return E;
6265     }
6266   }
6267 
6268   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6269   if (Res.isInvalid())
6270     return E;
6271   E = Res.get();
6272 
6273   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6274     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6275                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6276   return E;
6277 }
6278 
6279 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6280 // in a constant expression, return true.
6281 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6282 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6283 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6284 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6285 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6286 //    never be a constant expression.
6287 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6288 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6289 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6290 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6291 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6292     ASTContext &Context) {
6293   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6294   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6295 
6296   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6297   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6298   assert(DefVD);
6299   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6300   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6301 
6302   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6303 
6304   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6305     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6306     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6307     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6308     return false;
6309   }
6310 
6311   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6312 }
6313 
6314 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6315 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6316 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
6317 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
6318 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
6319 /// need to be captured.
6320 
6321 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
6322     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
6323 
6324   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
6325   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
6326   assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext &&
6327       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
6328 
6329   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
6330 
6331   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
6332       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
6333 
6334   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
6335   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
6336   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
6337   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
6338       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
6339   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
6340     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
6341     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
6342     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
6343     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
6344     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
6345     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
6346     // For e.g.:
6347     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
6348     // int test() {
6349     //   const int x = 10;
6350     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
6351     //     (void) +x + a;
6352     //   };
6353     // }
6354     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
6355         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
6356       continue;
6357 
6358     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
6359     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6360     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6361             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6362                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
6363       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6364       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
6365                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6366     }
6367     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
6368         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
6369     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
6370       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
6371       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
6372       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
6373       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
6374       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
6375       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
6376       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
6377       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
6378       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6379                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6380                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
6381                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
6382         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
6383         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
6384         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6385                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6386                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
6387                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
6388       }
6389     }
6390   }
6391 
6392   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
6393   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
6394     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
6395     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6396     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6397             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6398                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
6399       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6400       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
6401                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
6402                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6403     }
6404   }
6405 
6406   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
6407   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
6408 }
6409 
6410 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
6411                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
6412                                   TypoCorrection TC) {
6413   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
6414                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
6415   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
6416   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
6417 
6418   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
6419   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6420     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
6421   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
6422     NewSS = *SS;
6423 
6424   if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
6425     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
6426     R.addDecl(ND);
6427     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
6428       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
6429       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
6430       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6431         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6432       if (!Record)
6433         Record =
6434             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
6435       if (Record)
6436         R.setNamingClass(Record);
6437 
6438       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
6439       // member.
6440       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
6441       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
6442         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6443       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
6444         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6445       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
6446         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6447       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
6448         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6449       else
6450         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
6451                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
6452                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
6453 
6454       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
6455         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
6456             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
6457             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
6458     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
6459       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
6460                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
6461     }
6462   }
6463 
6464   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
6465                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
6466 }
6467 
6468 namespace {
6469 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
6470   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
6471 
6472 public:
6473   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
6474       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
6475   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
6476     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
6477     return true;
6478   }
6479 };
6480 
6481 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
6482   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
6483 
6484   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
6485                      // process of being initialized.
6486   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
6487   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
6488   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
6489   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
6490 
6491   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
6492   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
6493   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
6494   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
6495   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
6496     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
6497       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
6498       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6499       if (State.DiagHandler) {
6500         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
6501         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
6502 
6503         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
6504         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
6505         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
6506         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
6507         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
6508         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
6509                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
6510           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
6511 
6512         State.DiagHandler(TC);
6513       }
6514       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
6515     }
6516   }
6517 
6518   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
6519   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
6520   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
6521   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
6522   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
6523   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
6524   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
6525   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
6526   /// of corrections.
6527   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
6528     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
6529       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6530       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6531       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
6532         return true;
6533       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6534     }
6535     return false;
6536   }
6537 
6538   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
6539     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
6540       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
6541 
6542     if (!E)
6543       return nullptr;
6544     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6545       return DRE->getFoundDecl();
6546     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
6547       return ME->getFoundDecl();
6548     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
6549     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
6550     // contain multiple decls.
6551     return nullptr;
6552   }
6553 
6554   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
6555     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6556     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
6557     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
6558       return ExprError();
6559 
6560     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
6561   }
6562 
6563 public:
6564   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
6565       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
6566 
6567   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6568                                    MultiExprArg Args,
6569                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6570                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
6571     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
6572                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
6573     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
6574       if (Result.isUsable()) {
6575         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
6576         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
6577           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
6578         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
6579           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
6580       }
6581     }
6582     return Result;
6583   }
6584 
6585   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6586 
6587   ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6588 
6589   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
6590     ExprResult Res;
6591     while (true) {
6592       Res = TryTransform(E);
6593 
6594       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
6595       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
6596       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
6597           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
6598         break;
6599     }
6600 
6601     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
6602     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
6603     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
6604     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
6605     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
6606     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
6607     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
6608     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
6609     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6610     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
6611       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
6612       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
6613       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6614       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
6615       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6616       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
6617         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6618         TransformCache.erase(TE);
6619         Res = ExprError();
6620         break;
6621       }
6622       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
6623       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
6624       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
6625     }
6626     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
6627 
6628     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
6629     if (!Res.isUsable())
6630       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
6631 
6632     EmitAllDiagnostics();
6633 
6634     return Res;
6635   }
6636 
6637   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
6638     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
6639     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
6640     // first one that was encountered.
6641     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
6642     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
6643       return CacheEntry;
6644     }
6645 
6646     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
6647     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
6648 
6649     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
6650     // typo correction and return it.
6651     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
6652       if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
6653         continue;
6654       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
6655           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
6656           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
6657       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
6658         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
6659         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
6660         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
6661         TypoCorrection Next;
6662         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
6663             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
6664           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
6665         } else {
6666           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
6667         }
6668         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
6669                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
6670         return CacheEntry = NE;
6671       }
6672     }
6673     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
6674   }
6675 };
6676 }
6677 
6678 ExprResult
6679 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
6680                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
6681   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
6682   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
6683   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
6684   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
6685       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
6686        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
6687     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
6688     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
6689     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
6690     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
6691     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
6692     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
6693     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
6694     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
6695       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
6696       return Result;
6697     }
6698     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
6699   }
6700   return E;
6701 }
6702 
6703 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
6704                                      bool DiscardedValue,
6705                                      bool IsConstexpr,
6706                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
6707   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
6708 
6709   if (!FullExpr.get())
6710     return ExprError();
6711 
6712   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
6713   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
6714   // containing full-expression is done).
6715   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
6716   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
6717   //     return a;
6718   //   }() ...);
6719   // }
6720   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
6721   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
6722   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
6723   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
6724   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
6725   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
6726   // parser/instantiation has got to).
6727   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
6728       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
6729     return ExprError();
6730 
6731   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
6732   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
6733       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
6734     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
6735     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6736       return ExprError();
6737   }
6738 
6739   if (DiscardedValue) {
6740     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
6741     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6742       return ExprError();
6743 
6744     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
6745     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6746       return ExprError();
6747   }
6748 
6749   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
6750   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6751     return ExprError();
6752 
6753   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
6754 
6755   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
6756   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
6757   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
6758   // Consider the following code:
6759   // void f(int, int);
6760   // void f(const int&, double);
6761   // void foo() {
6762   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
6763   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
6764   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
6765   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
6766   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
6767   //      };
6768   //   };
6769   // }
6770 
6771   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
6772   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
6773   //   void f() {
6774   //     const int n = 0;
6775   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
6776   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
6777   //     };
6778   //   }
6779   //
6780   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
6781   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
6782   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
6783   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
6784 
6785   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
6786   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
6787   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
6788   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
6789   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
6790   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
6791   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
6792   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
6793   //   "Alternative suggestion:
6794   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
6795   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
6796   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
6797   //     constructor/destructor.
6798   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
6799   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
6800   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
6801   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
6802       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
6803     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
6804                                                               *this);
6805   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
6806 }
6807 
6808 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
6809   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
6810 
6811   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
6812 }
6813 
6814 Sema::IfExistsResult
6815 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
6816                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6817                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
6818   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
6819   if (!TargetName)
6820     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6821 
6822   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
6823   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
6824     return IER_Dependent;
6825 
6826   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
6827   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
6828                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
6829   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
6830   R.suppressDiagnostics();
6831 
6832   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
6833   case LookupResult::Found:
6834   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
6835   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
6836   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
6837     return IER_Exists;
6838 
6839   case LookupResult::NotFound:
6840     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6841 
6842   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
6843     return IER_Dependent;
6844   }
6845 
6846   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
6847 }
6848 
6849 Sema::IfExistsResult
6850 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6851                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6852                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
6853   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
6854 
6855   // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
6856   SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
6857   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
6858   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
6859   if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
6860     DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
6861                                      IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
6862                                                : UPPC_IfNotExists,
6863                                      Unexpanded);
6864     return IER_Error;
6865   }
6866 
6867   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
6868 }
6869